{"title":"Construction machinery","description":"\u003cp\u003e Professional \u003cstrong\u003econstruction machinery\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to withstand the most demanding construction site conditions. Robust equipment with high-quality components and advanced safety systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eReliable \u003cstrong\u003econstruction machinery\u003c\/strong\u003e for construction, demolition, and material handling. Complete solutions for construction professionals who require high performance and long-lasting durability.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bacino-superiore-galfan","title":"Ravendo – BC 1100 Wheelbarrow Upper Tray","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRavendo – Galfan® Steel Wheelbarrow Upper Pan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRavendo upper pan\u003c\/strong\u003e is an \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal spare part for concrete wheelbarrows\u003c\/strong\u003e, complete with \u003cstrong\u003e2 mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003ehandle\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003efasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e (screws, nuts, and washers). Made from \u003cstrong\u003ehot-dip galvanized Galfan® steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides \u003cstrong\u003esuperior corrosion protection\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional galvanization, thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003ezinc-aluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e which ensures greater resistance to weathering and rust. With a \u003cstrong\u003ecapacity of 110 liters\u003c\/strong\u003e and dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e890 x 575 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Ravendo pan is suitable for replacing or renewing the basin of a construction or agricultural wheelbarrow, offering \u003cstrong\u003edurability, robustness, and a long operational life\u003c\/strong\u003e. Manufactured in \u003cstrong\u003eDenmark\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is synonymous with \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional quality and long-term reliability\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Hot-dip galvanized Galfan® steel, with anti-corrosion zinc-aluminum alloy\u003cbr\u003e• Includes 2 mounting brackets, handle, and complete fastener kit\u003cbr\u003e• Superior protection against rust and wear compared to standard galvanization\u003cbr\u003e• 110-liter capacity, suitable for loads of concrete, sand, or agricultural materials\u003cbr\u003e• Dimensions compatible with most Ravendo wheelbarrows\u003cbr\u003e• Durable product, easy to clean, and suitable for intensive use\u003cbr\u003e• Ravendo Danish production, guarantee of quality and long lifespan\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheelbarrow upper pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel wheelbarrow pan replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 x 575 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot-dip galvanized Galfan® (zinc-aluminum alloy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mounting brackets, handle, fasteners (screws, nuts, and washers)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Ravendo Galfan® steel upper pan\u003cbr\u003e• 2 mounting brackets\u003cbr\u003e• Steel handle\u003cbr\u003e• Mounting screws, nuts, and washers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check compatibility with your machine's model before purchase. For confirmation, please contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs support available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714533527880,"sku":"640038","price":174.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bacino_superiore_Ravendo_per_carriola_in_acciaio_Galfan_zincato.png?v=1761299637"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-850-twin","title":"Ravendo BD 850 TWIN Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 850 TWIN is a professional-grade wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 150 kg, a volume of 85 liters, and a weight of 13.5 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 850 TWIN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1240 x 650 x 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 650 x 820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 85 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 2x Pneumatic 3.50x6 – hub 20 x 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Plastic with plain bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 850 TWIN and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction workers, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 850 TWIN for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 850 TWIN is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 850 TWIN for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction workers, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning waste, potting soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1240 x 650 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 850 TWIN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x Pneumatic 3.50x6 – hub 20 x 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic with plain bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 850 TWIN can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714741866824,"sku":"141032","price":225.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_850_TWIN_con_doppia_ruota_150_kg.png?v=1761299687"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bc-1100-lid","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BC 1100 LID","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BC 1100 LID is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 26 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BC 1100 LID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: Pneumatic 4.00x8 – hub 12x100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 26 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BC 1100 LID and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BC 1100 LID for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BC 1100 LID is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BC 1100 LID for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBC 1100 LID\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00x8 – hub 12x100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecial feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray with integrated lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BC 1100 LID can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven terrain; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714742194504,"sku":"146140","price":420.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_LID_con_coperchio_e_vasca_da_110_L.png?v=1761299751"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bu-1000-pp-avanti","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BU 1000 PP AVANTI","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BU 1000 PP AVANTI is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 200 kg, a volume of 110 litres, and a weight of 12.5 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BU 1000 PP AVANTI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 110 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BU 1000 PP AVANTI and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BU 1000 PP AVANTI for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BU 1000 PP AVANTI is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BU 1000 PP AVANTI for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning waste, potting soil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBU 1000 PP AVANTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BU 1000 PP AVANTI can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil) the capacity is expressed in litres of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 litres for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: puncture-proof solid wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714742554952,"sku":"142613","price":308.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BU_1000_PP_AVANTI_robusta_da_200_kg.png?v=1761299800"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bu-1000-pp-pur-avanti","title":"Ravendo Wheelbarrow BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 200 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 12.5 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: PUR 4.00x8 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePUR 4.00x8 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat maximum load can the BU 1000 PP PUR AVANTI carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven ground; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714742948168,"sku":"142614","price":259.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BU_1000_PP_PUR_AVANTI_multifunzione_200_kg.png?v=1761299411"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-1002","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BD 1002","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 1002 is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 150 kg, a volume of 100 liters, and a weight of 12 kg. Krollit has been an official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 1002\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 650 x 815 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 1002 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 1002 for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 1002 is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 1002 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMoving cuttings, trimmings, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 1002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 815 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 1002 can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tipping trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and doesn't oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714743537992,"sku":"141312","price":190.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_1002_con_ruota_pneumatica.png?v=1761300253"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-1002-flex","title":"Ravendo Wheelbarrow BD 1002 FLEX","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 1002 FLEX is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 150 kg, a volume of 100 liters, and a weight of 15 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 1002 FLEX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 650 x 815 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: FlexLite 16” (4.00x8) – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Plastic with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 1002 FLEX and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 1002 FLEX for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 1002 FLEX is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 1002 FLEX for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 1002 FLEX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 815 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexLite 16” (4.00x8) – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 1002 FLEX can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable wheel, or twin wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven ground; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust to impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714743898440,"sku":"141316","price":190.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_1002_FLEX_con_ruota_FlexLite_16.png?v=1761300331"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-1002-ts","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BD 1002 TS","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 1002 TS is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 200 kg, a volume of 100 liters, and a weight of 14 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 1002 TS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 650 x 815 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic tire 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 1002 TS and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 1002 TS for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and construction materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 1002 TS is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 1002 TS for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and construction materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, soil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport of loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 x 675 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 1002 TS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 815 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic tire 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 1002 TS can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tilt trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven terrain; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714744324424,"sku":"141346","price":195.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_1002_TS_robusta_da_200_kg.png?v=1761300846"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-1104","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BD 1104","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 1104 is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 200 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 15 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 1104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1360 x 655 x 710 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 580 x 860 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 1104 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 1104 for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and construction materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 1104 is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 1104 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and construction materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 x 655 x 710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 1104\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber 4.00x8\/4 – hub 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat maximum load can the BD 1104 transport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb bumps better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust to impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714744815944,"sku":"141406","price":264.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_1104_robusta_da_200_kg.png?v=1761300999"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-800","title":"Ravendo BD 800 Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 800 is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 50 kg, a volume of 80 litres, and a weight of 10 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1250 x 645 x 640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 645 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 80 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic rubber 3.50x6\/2 – hub 12 x 92 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Plastic with plain bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 800 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 800 for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo BD 800 is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 800 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, topsoil and fertilisers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorised wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorised wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 x 645 x 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e645 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber 3.50x6\/2 – hub 12 x 92 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic with plain bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 800 can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in litres of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 litres for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tipping trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb unevenness in the terrain; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714745766216,"sku":"141084","price":179.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_800_con_ruota_ad_aria_per_giardinaggio.png?v=1761301067"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bd-800-flex","title":"Ravendo BD 800 FLEX Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 800 FLEX is a professional wheelbarrow, with a load capacity of 50 kg, volume of 80 liters, and weight of 8 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BD 800 FLEX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1250 x 645 x 640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 645 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 80 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: FlexLite 13\" (3.50 x 6) – hub 12 x 92 mm – plastic rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Sliding bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BD 800 FLEX and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BD 800 FLEX for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BD 800 FLEX is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BD 800 FLEX for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning waste, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 x 645 x 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBD 800 FLEX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e645 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexLite 13\" (3.50 x 6) – hub 12 x 92 mm – plastic rims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BD 800 FLEX can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tilt trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable, or twin wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714746585416,"sku":"141123","price":213.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BD_800_FLEX_leggera_da_giardino.png?v=1761301261"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bj-350","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo Junior BJ 350 PP PUR","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo Junior BJ 350 PP PUR is a professional wheelbarrow, with a load capacity of 50 kg, a volume of 35 liters, and a weight of 6 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BJ 350 PP PUR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H): 900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L × W): 410 × 565 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 35 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Ø 22 mm tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: 3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rims and plain bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Junior BJ 350 PP PUR and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the Junior BJ 350 PP PUR for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo Junior BJ 350 PP PUR is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Junior BJ 350 PP PUR is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport of loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJ 350 PP PUR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 565 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rims and plain bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the Junior BJ 350 PP PUR can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the tray dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven ground; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the structure painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714746749256,"sku":"141122","price":94.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BJ_350_PP_PUR_leggera_e_antiforatura.png?v=1761301333"},{"product_id":"carriola-junior-bj-350-pp-pur-blu","title":"Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue is a wheelbarrow for professional use, with a load capacity of 50 kg, a volume of 35 liters, and a weight of 6 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BJ 350 PP PUR Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H): 900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L × W): 410 × 565 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 35 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Ø 22 mm tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: 3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, potting soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJ 350 PP PUR Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 565 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Blue can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable, or twin wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the structure painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714747896136,"sku":"141124","price":85.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BJ_350_PP_PUR_Blu_leggera_e_compatta.png?v=1761299318"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bj-350-petrol","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 50 kg, a volume of 35 liters, and a weight of 6 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H): 900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L × W): 410 × 565 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 35 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Ø 22 mm tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: 3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer service available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen space maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning waste, soil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport of loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJ 350 PP PUR Petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 565 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePetrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Petrol can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For loose materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tipping trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the structure painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714748453192,"sku":"141127","price":104.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BJ_350_PP_PUR_Petrol_leggera_e_compatta.png?v=1761299502"},{"product_id":"carriole-ravendo-bj-350-pink","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink is a wheelbarrow for professional use, with a load capacity of 50 kg, a volume of 35 liters, and a weight of 6 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BJ 350 PP PUR Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H): 900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L × W): 410 × 565 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 35 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Ø 22 mm tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: 3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and construction materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMoving cuttings, trimmings, soil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 410 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJ 350 PP PUR Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 565 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.00 × 4 puncture-proof PUR with plastic rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the junior BJ 350 PP PUR Pink?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the structure painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714748682568,"sku":"141125","price":104.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BJ_350_PP_PUR_Pink_leggera_e_compatta.png?v=1761301401"},{"product_id":"carriola-junior-bj-350-pp-pur-verde","title":"Ravendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR green wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR green is a wheelbarrow for professional use, with a load capacity of 80 kg and a weight of 8.5 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BJ 350 PP PUR green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 730 x 385 x 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray: Reinforced polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray capacity: 65 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Solid PUR Ø 350 mm, puncture-proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 80 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the junior BJ 350 PP PUR green and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the junior BJ 350 PP PUR green for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo junior BJ 350 PP PUR green is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer assistance available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the junior BJ 350 PP PUR green for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 385 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJ 350 PP PUR green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid PUR Ø 350 mm, puncture-proof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5701747011019\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the junior BJ 350 PP PUR green can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tipping trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714749960520,"sku":"141126","price":104.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BJ_350_PP_PUR_verde_leggera_e_resistente.png?v=1761301478"},{"product_id":"carriola-multipla-bc-1102","title":"Ravendo Multiple Wheelbarrow BC 1102","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo multipla BC 1102 is a professional-grade wheelbarrow, with a load capacity of 200 kg \/ 110 liters, volume 200 kg \/ 110 liters, weight 17.2 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Ravendo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: BC 1102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1360 x 655 x 710 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray (L x W): 580 x 860 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube: Ø 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8, hub 12 x 100 mm, steel rim with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity\/volume: 200 kg \/ 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 17.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the multipla BC 1102 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the multipla BC 1102 for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, trimmings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo multipla BC 1102 is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the multipla BC 1102 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of trimmings, pruning waste, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\/volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg \/ 110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 x 655 x 710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRavendo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBC 1102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8, hub 12 x 100 mm, steel rim with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN Code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5701747011018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the multipla BC 1102 can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven ground; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714750255432,"sku":"141412","price":240.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_multipla_Ravendo_BC_1102_in_acciaio_200_kg.png?v=1761301549"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-bambini-bj-250-p","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo BJ 250 P","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BJ 250 P is a wheelbarrow for professional use, with a load capacity of 20 kg, a volume of 25 liters, and a weight of 2.5 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 730 x 385 x 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 385 x 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Solid rubber Ø 150 x 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Slide bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 20 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 25 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BJ 250 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BJ 250 P for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BJ 250 P is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BJ 250 P is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 385 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid rubber Ø 150 x 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN Code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5701747011018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BJ 250 P can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not rust but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714752024904,"sku":"141101","price":67.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_per_bambini_Ravendo_BJ_250_P_Giocattolo_robusto_e_sicuro.png?v=1761301669"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-calcestruzzo-bc-1100-pur","title":"Ravendo Wheelbarrow BC 1100 PUR","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo BC 1100 PUR is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 125 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 19 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x D x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (W x L): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: PUR 4.00 x 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 19 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BC 1100 PUR and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the BC 1100 PUR for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo BC 1100 PUR is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BC 1100 PUR is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (W x L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePUR 4.00 x 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the BC 1100 PUR can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the tray dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, pneumatic inflatable wheel, or twin wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714752909640,"sku":"141480","price":250.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_PUR_Resistente_e_leggera_con_ruota_PUR.png?v=1761301748"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-calcestruzzo-bc-1100-s-montata","title":"Ravendo 1100 S Wheelbarrow ASSEMBLED","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo 1100 S MONTATA is a professional wheelbarrow, with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 110 litres, and a weight of 18 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 110 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1100 S MONTATA and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction workers, farmers, and gardeners use the 1100 S MONTATA for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo 1100 S MONTATA is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalogue on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1100 S MONTATA for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction workers, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil, and fertilisers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorised wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorised wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the 1100 S MONTATA can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in litres of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 litres for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanised steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanised steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidise but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanised?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanised frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanised treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714753237320,"sku":"141450","price":250.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_S_Leggera_e_robusta_per_trasporto_calcestruzzo.png?v=1761301836"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-calcestruzzo-bc-1100-s-el","title":"Ravendo 1100 S EL Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo 1100 S EL is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 35.2 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 35.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1100 S EL and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the 1100 S EL for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo 1100 S EL is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1100 S EL for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, topsoil and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the 1100 S EL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714753532232,"sku":"164790","price":3757.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_S_EL_Rinforzata_e_stabile_per_trasporto_calcestruzzo.png?v=1761301929"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-calcestruzzo-bc-1100-sh-assemblata","title":"Ravendo Wheelbarrow 1100 SH ASSEMBLED","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo 1100 SH ASSEMBLED is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 18 kg. Krollit has been an official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x D x H): 1310 x 575 x 735 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray volume: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1100 SH ASSEMBLED and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the 1100 SH ASSEMBLED for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo 1100 SH ASSEMBLED is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1100 SH ASSEMBLED for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen space maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the 1100 SH ASSEMBLED?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven ground better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not rust but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714754154824,"sku":"141470","price":270.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_SH_Specifica_per_calcestruzzo_da_110_litri.png?v=1761302120"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-cemento-bc-1100-s-non-assemblata","title":"Ravendo S Wheelbarrow NOT ASSEMBLED","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo S NON ASSEMBLATA is a wheelbarrow for professional use, with a load capacity of 250 kg, volume of 110 liters, and weight of 18 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame tube diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful volume: 110 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the S NON ASSEMBLATA and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the S NON ASSEMBLATA for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo S NON ASSEMBLATA is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the S NON ASSEMBLATA for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning waste, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the S NON ASSEMBLATA can transport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For bulk materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven terrain; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714754482504,"sku":"141451","price":220.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_Robusta_con_vasca_da_110_litri.png?v=1761302202"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-legna-da-ardere-fwt-200","title":"Wheelbarrow Ravendo ARDERE FWT 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo ARDERE FWT 200 is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 200 kg, volume , (specifically for wood), and a weight of 17 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (W x H): 550 x 750 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall length: 1400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsable volume: , (specifically for wood)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 17 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ARDERE FWT 200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the ARDERE FWT 200 for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, trimmings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo ARDERE FWT 200 is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the ARDERE FWT 200 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of trimmings, pruning, topsoil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport of loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet jacks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e, (specifically for wood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the ARDERE FWT 200 can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tub?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tub capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tubs measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tipping tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven terrain; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tub made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impact and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714754941256,"sku":"142410","price":380.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_FWT_200_Robusta_e_leggera_per_il_trasporto_della_legna.png?v=1761302319"},{"product_id":"carriola-per-malta-bc-1100-sh-pur","title":"Ravendo 1100 SH PUR Wheelbarrow","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo 1100 SH PUR is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 110 liters, and a weight of 19 kg. Krollit has been the official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1310 x 575 x 735 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 575 x 890 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubular frame: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: PUR 4.00 x 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 19 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 1100 SH PUR and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the 1100 SH PUR for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo 1100 SH PUR is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance; to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 1100 SH PUR for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, pruning, soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 x 575 x 735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubular frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePUR 4.00 x 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the 1100 SH PUR can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For loose materials (sand, soil), capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: puncture-proof solid wheel, inflatable pneumatic wheel, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb uneven terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714756055368,"sku":"141475","price":260.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_Ravendo_BC_1100_SH_PUR_Specifica_per_malta_con_vasca_da_110_litri.png?v=1761302419"},{"product_id":"carriola-universale-bu-1400-s","title":"Ravendo universal wheelbarrow BU 1400 S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo universal BU 1400 S is a professional wheelbarrow with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 140 liters, and a weight of 21 kg. Krollit has been an official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1480 x 720 x 685 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 720 x 1010 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubular frame: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 21 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the universal BU 1400 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the universal BU 1400 S for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ravendo universal BU 1400 S is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the universal BU 1400 S for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of cuttings, trimmings, soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads exceeding the declared limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the declared limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1480 x 720 x 685 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 1010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubular frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the universal BU 1400 S can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be distributed evenly. For loose materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, there are reinforced anti-tip trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels absorb bumps in the terrain better; solid wheels don't puncture but are less comfortable on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have powder-coated or galvanized frames for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is adequate for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714756677960,"sku":"141500","price":300.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_universale_Ravendo_BU_1400_S_Leggera_e_robusta_prodotta_in_Danimarca.png?v=1761302512"},{"product_id":"carriola-universale-bu-1400-sx","title":"Ravendo universal wheelbarrow BU 1400 SX","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo universal BU 1400 SX is a professional wheelbarrow, with a load capacity of 250 kg, a volume of 140 liters, and a weight of 27 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1570 x 720 x 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions (L x W): 720 x 1010 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubular frame: 40 x 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: Pneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHub: 12 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRims: Steel with ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 27 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the universal BU 1400 SX and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners use the universal BU 1400 SX for manual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, cuttings, and building materials in indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo universal BU 1400 SX is part of the Ravendo wheelbarrow range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the universal BU 1400 SX for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction sites, farmers, and gardeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transport of soil, sand, bricks, equipment, and building materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen maintenance companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMoving cuttings, trimmings, potting soil, and fertilizers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransporting loads exceeding the stated limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e transporting loads exceeding the stated limit (for continuous heavy loads, consider motorized wheelbarrows or pallet trucks).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1570 x 720 x 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 1010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubular frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic 4.00 x 8\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load the universal BU 1400 SX can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 80-250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be evenly distributed. For bulk materials (sand, soil), the capacity is expressed in liters of the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the tray dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tray capacity\" or \"Volume\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard trays measure 80-130 liters for construction and gardening use. For specific uses, reinforced anti-tip trays are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheel does it have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Wheel type\" in the table: solid puncture-proof wheel, inflatable pneumatic, or double wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePneumatic wheels better absorb uneven ground; solid wheels do not puncture but are less comfortable on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the tray made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized steel for construction use or polyethylene for lighter uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel resists impacts and abrasion; polyethylene is lighter and does not oxidize but is less robust against impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the frame painted or galvanized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have a powder-coated or galvanized frame for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor continuous outdoor use, prefer galvanized treatments. Powder coating is suitable for mixed indoor\/outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714757693768,"sku":"142200","price":480.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carriola_universale_Ravendo_BU_1400_SX_Robusta_e_capiente_prodotta_in_Danimarca.png?v=1761302621"},{"product_id":"tagliapietre-ad-acqua-scm-1000","title":"Bernardo Metal Cut-Off Saw SCM 1000 Wet Stone Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo water-cooled stone cutting machine SCM 1000 is a professional metal chop saw with a 3.0 kW (4.0 HP) motor. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth: 135 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: 90° - 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond blade: 350 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 1200 x 560 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow rate: 600 litres \/ h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metal fabrication shops use the SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine for straight and 45° cutting of pipes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic with a TiN-coated HSS blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine is part of the Bernardo range of metal chop saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metal fabrication shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight and 45° cutting of pipes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance technicians and light carpentry workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid series cutting of calibrated pieces with quick vice and longitudinal stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision cutting on hardened materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: for stainless steel and hard steels, reduce blade speed and use coolant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 ° - 45 °\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S 1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power S 6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 litres \/ h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 U \/ min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 x 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 x 1000 x 1370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the SCM 1000 water-cooled stone cutting machine cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon steels, stainless steel, aluminum, light metals, and plastic, for both solid materials and pipes and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel and hardened steels, use the lowest speed and a cooling device. For aluminum and light alloys, high speed is sufficient. TiN-coated HSS blades offer greater durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table: typically Ø 100 mm for pipes and Ø 55 mm for solid materials for Ø 315 mm models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity varies depending on blade diameter and workpiece geometry. For angled cuts at 45°, capacity is reduced by approximately 30-40%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 blade speeds (e.g., 18\/36 rpm) to adapt to the material: low for stainless steel, high for common steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual speed is essential for optimizing blade life and cutting efficiency. For cuts on single materials, single speed may be sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a cooling device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have an integrated cooling device in the base with a filter, to reduce overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant extends blade life and improves cutting quality on hardened materials. It should be mixed with specific oil at 5-10% in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable for angled cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models allow angled cuts up to 45° right\/left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilting allows for precise cuts for angular carpentry joints. For series production with 45° cuts on both sides, it is advisable to use a longitudinal stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728530706760,"sku":"14-3104","price":2409.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/14-3104_1_jpg.jpg?v=1750440949"},{"product_id":"tagliapietre-ad-acqua-scm-300","title":"Bernardo SCM 300 Metal Cut-off Saw Stone Wet Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter is a professional-grade metal chop saw, featuring a 3.0 kW motor and weighing 77 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: 90° - 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond grinding wheel: 300 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 1305 x 490 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable extension: 400 x 235 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops use the SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter for straight and 45° cutting of tubes, profiles, and solid materials made of steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic, using a TiN-coated HSS blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter fits into Bernardo's range of metal chop saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SCM 300 water stone cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight and 45° cutting of tubes, profiles, and solid materials made of steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance personnel and light metalworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid series cutting of calibrated pieces with a quick clamp and longitudinal stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision cutting on hardened materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: for stainless steel and hard steels, reduce blade speed and use coolant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 ° - 45 °\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolant capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 liters \/ hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1305 x 490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 235 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 x 800 x 1380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S 1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power consumption S 6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond grinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the SCM 300 Water Stone Cutter cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon steels, stainless steel, aluminum, light metals and plastic, both solid and tubular\/profiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel and hardened steels, use the lowest speed and a cooling device. For aluminum and light alloys, high speed is sufficient. TiN-coated HSS blades offer greater durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table: typically Ø 100 mm for tubes and Ø 55 mm for solid materials for Ø 315 mm models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity varies according to blade diameter and workpiece geometry. For angled cuts at 45°, capacity is reduced by approximately 30-40%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 blade speeds (e.g., 18\/36 rpm) to suit the material: low for stainless steel, high for common steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual speed is essential for optimizing blade life and cutting efficiency. For cutting single materials, single speed may be sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a cooling device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have an integrated cooling device in the base with a filter, to reduce overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant extends blade life and improves cutting quality on hardened materials. It should be mixed with specific oil at 5-10% in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable for angled cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models allow angled cuts up to 45° right\/left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilting allows for custom cuts for angular carpentry joints. For series production with 45° cuts on both sides, a longitudinal stop should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728533557576,"sku":"14-3092","price":2177.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/14-3092_1_jpg.jpg?v=1750440987"},{"product_id":"tagliapietre-ad-acqua-scm-600","title":"Bernardo SCM 600 Metal Chop Saw (Wet Cut Stone Saw)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 is a professional metal cutting saw with a 3.0 kW (4.0 HP) motor, weighing 77 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth: 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond blade: 350 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 500 x 510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow rate: 600 liters \/ h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metal fabrication shops use the Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 for straight and 45° cutting of steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic pipes, profiles, and solid materials with a TiN-coated HSS blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 is part of Bernardo's range of metal cutting saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metal fabrication shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight and 45° cutting of steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic pipes, profiles, and solid materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance technicians and light carpentry workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid series cutting of calibrated pieces with quick vise and longitudinal stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision cutting on hardened materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: for stainless steel and hard steels, reduce blade speed and use coolant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 ° \/ 45 °\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1365 x 800 x 1400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S 1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power S 6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V or 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 liters \/ h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Tagliapietre ad acqua SCM 600 cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon steels, stainless steel, aluminum, light metals, and plastic, both solid and tubular\/profiled materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel and hardened steels, use the lowest speed and coolant device. For aluminum and light alloys, high speed is sufficient. TiN-coated HSS blades offer longer life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table: typically Ø 100 mm on tubes and Ø 55 mm on solid materials for Ø 315 mm models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity varies based on blade diameter and workpiece geometry. For 45° angled cuts, capacity is reduced by approximately 30-40%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 blade speeds (e.g., 18\/36 rpm) to suit the material: low for stainless steel, high for common steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual speed is essential for optimizing blade life and cutting efficiency. For cutting single materials, single speed may be sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a cooling device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have an integrated cooling device in the base with a filter, to reduce overall footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant extends blade life and improves cutting quality on hardened materials. It should be mixed with specific oil at 5-10% in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable for angled cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models allow angled cuts up to 45° right\/left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilting allows for custom cuts for angular carpentry joints. For series production with 45° cuts on both sides, it is advisable to use a longitudinal stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728535195976,"sku":"14-3100","price":1404.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/14-3100_1_jpg.jpg?v=1750441010"},{"product_id":"tagliapietre-ad-acqua-tcm-250","title":"Bernardo TCM 250 - 230V Metal Cut-Off Saw \/ Wet Stone Cutting Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo water stone cutter TCM 250 - 230V is a metal chop saw for professional use, with a 1.5 kW motor and a weight of 55 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 620 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: 90 ° \/ 45 °\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond grinding wheel: 250 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 810 x 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow rate: 500 liters \/ hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Water Stone Cutter TCM 250 - 230V and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops use the Water Stone Cutter TCM 250 - 230V for straight and 45° cutting of pipes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic with a TiN-coated HSS blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Water Stone Cutter TCM 250 - 230V is part of Bernardo's range of metal chop saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Water Stone Cutter TCM 250 - 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TCM 250 - 230V water stone cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight and 45° cutting of pipes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance personnel and light carpentry workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid serial cutting of calibrated pieces with quick vise and longitudinal stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision cutting on hardened materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: for stainless steel and hard steels, reduce blade speed and use coolant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 ° \/ 45 °\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 x 600 x 1240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S 1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power S 6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 liters \/ hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond grinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2950 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Water Stone Cutter TCM 250 - 230V cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon steels, stainless steel, aluminum, light metals, and plastic, for both solid materials and pipes and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel and hardened steels, use the lowest speed and a cooling device. For aluminum and light alloys, high speed is sufficient. TiN-coated HSS blades offer longer life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table: typically Ø 100 mm for pipes and Ø 55 mm for solids for models with Ø 315 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity varies based on blade diameter and workpiece geometry. For inclined cuts at 45°, the capacity is reduced by approximately 30-40%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 blade speeds (e.g., 18\/36 rpm) to adapt to the material: low for stainless steel, high for common steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual speed is essential for optimizing blade life and cutting efficiency. For cuts on single materials, single speed may be sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a cooling device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have an integrated cooling device in the base with a filter, to reduce overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant extends blade life and improves cutting quality on hardened materials. It should be mixed with specific oil at 5-10% in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable for inclined cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models allow inclined cuts up to 45° right\/left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inclination allows for custom cuts for angular joinery connections. For serial production with 45° cuts on both sides, it is advisable to use a longitudinal stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728538014024,"sku":"14-3088","price":934.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/14-3088_1_jpg.jpg?v=1750441048"},{"product_id":"taglia-pietra-ad-acqua-tcm-250-400-v","title":"Bernardo TCM 250 Metal Cutting-Off Machine - Wet Stone Cutter - 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter is a professional metal cutting saw, with a 1.1 kW motor and a weight of approximately 55 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting Depth: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting Length: 620 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting Angle: Adjustable between 90° and 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting Disc: Diamond, dimensions 250 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable Dimensions: 810 x 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump Capacity: 500 litres per hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops use the TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter for straight and 45° cutting of tubes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic with a TiN-coated HSS blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter is part of Bernardo's range of metal cutting saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight and 45° cutting of tubes, profiles, and solid materials in steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance personnel and light metalworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid series cutting of calibrated pieces with quick vise and longitudinal stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision cutting on hardened materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: for stainless steel and hard steels, reduce blade speed and use coolant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable between 90° and 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting Disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond, dimensions 250 x 25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 x 600 x 1240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Output Power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Input Power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 litres per hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotational Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2950 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the TCM 250 - 400 V wet stone cutter cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon steels, stainless steel, aluminum, light metals, and plastic, both solid materials and tubes and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stainless steel and hardened steels, use the lowest speed and a cooling device. For aluminum and light alloys, high speed is sufficient. TiN-coated HSS blades offer longer durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table: typically Ø 100 mm on tubes and Ø 55 mm on solid materials for Ø 315 mm models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity varies based on blade diameter and workpiece geometry. For inclined cuts at 45°, the capacity is reduced by approximately 30-40%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 blade speeds (e.g., 18\/36 rpm) to adapt to the material: low for stainless steel, high for common steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual speed is essential for optimizing blade life and cutting efficiency. For cutting single materials, single speed may be sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a cooling device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models have an integrated cooling device in the base with a filter, to reduce overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant extends blade life and improves cutting quality on hardened materials. It should be mixed with specific oil at 5-10% in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tilting for angled cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models allow inclined cuts up to 45° right\/left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inclination allows for custom cuts for angular joinery. For series production with 45° cuts on both sides, it is advisable to use a longitudinal stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50729636626760,"sku":"14-3090","price":835.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/14-3088_1_jpg_b7b320be-4728-4bc6-8812-5f14be23b9c3.jpg?v=1750450286"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-edili-guede-vibrocostipatore-gvs-80","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vertical Vibratory Rammer GVS 80","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Vertical Rammer GVS 80 is professional construction equipment, weighing 80 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine: 4-stroke, 149 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 3.2 kW \/ 4.4 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine speed: max 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrations: 450–650\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction force: 10 kN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction depth: 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GVS 80 Vertical Rammer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GVS 80 Vertical Rammer is professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Vertical Rammer GVS 80 is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the GVS 80 Vertical Rammer is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GVS 80 vertical rammer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, mixing cements and mortars, handling loads on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, consider dedicated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 l (10W-40)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystem oil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 l (15W-40)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 415 × 1055 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke, 149 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 kW \/ 4.4 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax 3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450–650\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 × 290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 dB (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GVS 80 Vertical Rammer for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the indicated type (rammer, vibrating plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, evaluate models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian customer service is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51352250450248,"sku":"55540","price":959.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_Vibrocostipatore_verticale_GVS_80_compatto_e_potente.webp?v=1757459148"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-edili-guede-piastra-vibrante-grp-90","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 90","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Vibratory Plate GRP 90 is a construction equipment for professional use, weighing 91 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine: Loncin G200F, 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine speed: max 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrations: 4750\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction force: 16 kN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 90 Vibratory Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 90 Vibratory Plate is a construction equipment for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Vibratory Plate GRP 90 is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 90 Vibratory Plate for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 90 vibratory plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, mixing cement and mortar, handling loads on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, evaluate dedicated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l (10W-40)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 l (15W-40)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlate, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1135 × 450 × 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoncin G200F, 4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax 3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4750\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 dB (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversierstart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 90 Vibratory Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a construction equipment for the indicated type (vibratory compactor, vibratory plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for operational dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51352337219912,"sku":"55538","price":539.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_Piastra_vibrante_GRP_90_compatta_e_potente_16_kN.webp?v=1757460340"},{"product_id":"piastra-vibrante-guede-grp-160-30kn","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 160 30 kN","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate is a professional construction equipment, weighing 182 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine: Loncin G270F, 4-stroke, petrol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 270 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 6 kW \/ 8 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction force: 30 kN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction depth: up to 60 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibration frequency: 4,500\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate is a professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 160 30 kN vibrating plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on construction sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: sub-base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed productions, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,030 × 500 × 1,060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoncin G270F, 4-stroke, petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kW \/ 8 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.95 L – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 L – 15W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 160 30 kN Vibrating Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a construction equipment for the indicated type (rammer, vibrating plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian-speaking customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51356181430600,"sku":"55539","price":1299.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_Piastra_Vibrante_GRP_160_30_kN_potente_e_reversibile.webp?v=1757497058"},{"product_id":"guede-piastra-vibrante-grp-50-8-5-kn","title":"Guede construction equipment GRP 50 vibratory plate","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 50 vibrating plate is construction equipment for professional use, with a 1.5 kW \/ 2.0 HP engine, weighing 54 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 1.5 kW \/ 2.0 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine: 4-stroke, gasoline 79 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax RPM: 3800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrations: 5210\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax compaction pressure: 8.5 kN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompaction depth: 20 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 50 vibrating plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 50 vibrating plate is construction equipment for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 50 vibrating plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 50 vibrating plate for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 50 vibrating plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, mixing cement and mortars, moving loads on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial work\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, consider dedicated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 x 390 x 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 2.0 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke, gasoline 79 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5210\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversierstart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 50 vibrating plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the indicated type (vibrating tamper, vibrating plate, power barrow or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGasoline models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have pull start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51356286910792,"sku":"55541","price":415.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_piastra_vibrante_GRP_50_leggera_e_compatta_8_5_kN.webp?v=1757498094"},{"product_id":"motocarriola-guede-gad-400-4x4","title":"Guede 196cc Petrol Engine Wheel Barrow GAD 400.1\/4x4","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow is construction equipment for professional use, weighing 143 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine: 4-stroke, Euro V petrol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel tank capacity: 3.5 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAverage consumption: 2.8 l\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine oil: 0.5 l – 10W-40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow is construction equipment for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow fits into the Guede range of construction equipment, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer service available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, load handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, evaluate dedicated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTub volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 x 770 x 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e163 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke, Euro V petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 l\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 l – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4x4 – All-wheel drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e101 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil starter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGearbox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 forward gears + 1 reverse gear + 1 neutral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax forward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax reverse speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the 196cc GAD 400.1\/4x4 wheeled petrol power barrow used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment of the indicated type (vibratory compactor, vibrating plate, power barrow or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without an electrical grid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian customer service is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51356416082248,"sku":"55525","price":1459.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_GAD_400.1_4x4_Motocarriola_a_ruote_400_kg_con_motore_a_benzina.webp?v=1757499067"},{"product_id":"miscelatori-guede-gzm-120","title":"Guede Building Equipment Forced Action Mortar Mixer GZM 120","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer is a professional construction machine, with a 2000 W (P1) motor, weighing 125 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V – 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 2000 W (P1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class: IP44\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum capacity: 120 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax filling capacity: 100 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum diameter: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer is a professional construction machine distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product data sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, load handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetters and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: subfloor preparation, concrete pouring and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 760 x 1170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax filling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V – 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 W (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GZM 120 forced action mortar mixer used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the indicated type (vibrating tamper, vibrating plate, tracked dumper or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck operating dimensions, motor and capacity in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g. 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts available. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51358329798984,"sku":"55459","price":1399.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_GZM_120_Miscelatore_forzato_da_120_litri_con_motore_2000_W.webp?v=1757509521"},{"product_id":"scanalatrici-guede-md-1700","title":"Guede MD 1700 Wall Chaser Handheld Power Tool","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Wall Chaser MD 1700 is a portable power tool for professional use, with a 1700 W motor and a weight of 4.8 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1700 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-load speed: 4000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax cutting depth: 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting width: 2.5 – 29 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Wall Chaser MD 1700 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Wall Chaser MD 1700 is a portable power tool for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Wall Chaser MD 1700 is part of the Guede portable power tools range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Wall Chaser MD 1700 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Wall Chaser MD 1700 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, construction sites, and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: manual drilling, cutting, sanding, and milling with a portable tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile carpentry and maintenance workers\u003c\/strong\u003e: versatile on-site use with mains power or interchangeable battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary serial production\u003c\/strong\u003e: for repetitive cycles, consider fixed machines with dedicated workbenches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 – 29 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting laser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (H05VV-F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112.88 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.6 m\/s²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftgrip handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 x 285 x 215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does the Wall Chaser MD 1700 have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 700 W to 2,350 W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels over 1,500 W are suitable for continuous professional use, under 1,000 W for occasional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBattery or mains powered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the model: codes \"18-...\" indicate an 18V battery, others are mains powered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery models in the 18V Güde series are compatible with the same accessory and battery platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat speed or adjustment does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Speed\" or \"RPM\" in the technical table. Models with the suffix \"E\" have electronic speed control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic speed control allows the tool to be adapted to different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet. \"Sets\" usually include a case, main accessories, and a battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels \"0\" are \"Machine Only\" without battery\/charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51617116062024,"sku":"58090","price":130.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Scanalatrice_Guede_MD_1700_con_laser_e_doppio_disco_diamantato.png?v=1760371025"},{"product_id":"seghe-guede-pbk-500","title":"GUEDE PBK 500 Bench Saw for Wood","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GUEDE PBK 500 is a professional-grade wood table saw, featuring a cutting height of 175 mm, a blade speed of 2800 rpm, a 3.0 kW (3000 W) motor, and a weight of ~85–90 kg. Krollit has been the official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 3.0 kW (3000 W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating mode: S6 40%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class (IP): 44\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade speed: 2800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GUEDE PBK 500 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoineries and wood workshops use the GUEDE PBK 500 for straight cutting of panels, boards, and battens, with material sizing in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GUEDE PBK 500 is part of the Guede table saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GUEDE PBK 500 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede PBK 500 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoineries and wood workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight cutting of panels, boards, and battens with a rip fence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: material sizing in series production with extended work surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutting metals (saw designed for wood: dedicated blades and machines are required for metals).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blade teeth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHM (tungsten carbide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable table height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855–970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 × 815 × 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~85–90 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (3000 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class (IP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with millimetre scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel frame with adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiter guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, foldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height does the GUEDE PBK 500 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 70-130 mm at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height decreases with blade inclination. For angled cuts (45°), check the usable height at that specific angle in the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the technical table: typically 250-400 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameter blades offer higher cutting height but require an adequately powerful motor. Check the blade spindle bore standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have precision guides and fences?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are equipped with a parallel fence, miter fence, and sliding carriage on squaring saw models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquaring saws offer a sliding carriage for precise squaring. Standard table saws require accessory guides for series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a dust collector connection with a standard diameter (typically Ø100 or Ø120 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential in woodworking to reduce respirable dust and maintain visibility in the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: 230 V single-phase for compact machines, 400 V three-phase for professional ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2 kW typically require 400 V three-phase. Verify availability in your workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51825151476040,"sku":"75771","price":1048.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_circolare_da_cantiere_Guede_PBK_500_3_kW_500_mm.webp?v=1761214727"},{"product_id":"tagliapiastrelle-manuali-guede-ghf-800","title":"Guede GHF 800 Manual Tile Cutter","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede GHF 800 manual tile cutter is a professional construction equipment available on Krollit, an official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax cutting length: 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax tile size: 800 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax tile thickness: 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting wheel: Ø 22 mm – tungsten carbide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal length: 1,054 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 860 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GHF 800 manual tile cutter and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GHF 800 manual tile cutter is a professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GHF 800 manual tile cutter is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 business days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GHF 800 manual tile cutter for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GHF 800 manual tile cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, load handling on construction sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTile setters and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: subfloor preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tile size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tile thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm – tungsten carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,054 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GHF 800 manual tile cutter used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a construction equipment for the indicated type (rammer, vibratory plate, mini dumper, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52310849159496,"sku":"55369","price":91.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tagliapiastrelle_manuale_professionale_Guede_GHF_800.png?v=1768236708"},{"product_id":"tagliapiastrelle-guede-gf-180","title":"Guede Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 construction equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 is a professional construction tool with a 600 W motor. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class: IP44\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 600 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-load speed: 2950 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height at 90°: 34 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 is a professional construction tool distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GF 180 electric tile cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, load handling on construction sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallers and fitters\u003c\/strong\u003e: ground preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2950 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 330 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Electric Tile Cutter GF 180 for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a construction equipment for the indicated type (vibratory tamper, vibratory plate, mini dumper, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, motor, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat motor power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have pull start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52323293331784,"sku":"55410","price":72.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tagliapiastrelle_G_de_GF_180_compatto_e_preciso.png?v=1768405316"},{"product_id":"piastre-vibranti-guede-grp-60","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 60","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 60 Vibrating Plate is a professional construction equipment, with a 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 PS engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 PS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdle speed: 1450 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax speed: 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine oil: 0.6 l – 10W-40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 60 Vibrating Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 60 Vibrating Plate is a professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 60 Vibrating Plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 60 Vibrating Plate for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 60 vibrating plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites; for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.5 PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4950 vibrations\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil starter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e811.46 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.18 l – 15W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 x 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 x 380 x 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 60 Vibrating Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the indicated type (vibratory compactor, vibrating plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck operational dimensions, engine, and capacity in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most popular for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibrating plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52323301130568,"sku":"55542","price":430.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piastra_vibrante_G_de_GRP_60_compatta_e_potente.png?v=1768407892"},{"product_id":"piastre-vibranti-guede-grp-260","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 260","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment, with an 8.2 kW \/ 11 PS engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 8.2 kW \/ 11 PS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 389 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdle speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed: 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank capacity: 6.5 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 260 vibratory plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: ground preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites; for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 kW \/ 11 PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 l – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3750 vibrations\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e389 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeater system oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e728.44 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 x 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 x 645 x 1120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the specified type (vibratory tamper, vibratory plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52323504128328,"sku":"55558","price":1290.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piastra_vibrante_G_de_GRP_260_reversibile_ad_alte_prestazioni.png?v=1768408322"},{"product_id":"piastre-vibranti-guede-grp-125","title":"Construction Equipment Guede Vibratory Plate Compactor GRP 125","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 125 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment, with a 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine oil: 0.6 l – 10W-40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEccentric oil: 15W-40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpact system oil: 0.25 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 125 Vibratory Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 125 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 125 Vibratory Plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer service available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 125 Vibratory Plate for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 125 vibratory plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallers and fitters\u003c\/strong\u003e: ground preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processes\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites: for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4600 vibrations\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImpact system oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e811.46 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 x 380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 x 550 x 1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 125 Vibratory Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment of the indicated type (vibratory tamper, vibratory plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck operating dimensions, engine, and capacity in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGasoline models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian customer assistance is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52323568812360,"sku":"55574","price":777.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piastra_vibrante_G_de_GRP_125_reversibile_per_landscaping.webp?v=1768488894"},{"product_id":"piastre-vibranti-guede-grp-50e","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 50E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 50E Vibratory Plate is a professional construction tool, with a 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax speed: 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank capacity: 2.5 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine oil: 0.6 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 50E Vibratory Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 50E Vibratory Plate is a professional construction tool distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 50E Vibratory Plate is part of Guede's range of construction equipment, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer service available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 50E Vibratory Plate for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 50E vibratory plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaving and installation contractors\u003c\/strong\u003e: ground preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites; for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5210 vibrations\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e811.46 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 x 390 x 870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 50E Vibratory Plate for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment of the indicated type (vibratory tamper, vibratory plate, power barrow or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without electrical power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian customer service is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52329157001544,"sku":"55576","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piastra_vibrante_G_de_GRP_50E_compatta_per_piccoli_lavori.webp?v=1768489545"},{"product_id":"minidumper-guede-grd-300-1-r","title":"Guede construction equipment Güde GRD 300.1\/R tracked mini dumper","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Tracked Minidumper Güde GRD 300.1\/R is construction equipment for professional use, with a 4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 196 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel tank capacity: 3.6 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine oil: 0.6 l – 10W30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting system: Pull start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde GRD 300.1\/R Tracked Minidumper and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GRD 300.1\/R Tracked Minidumper is construction equipment for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Tracked Minidumper Güde GRD 300.1\/R is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Güde GRD 300.1\/R Tracked Minidumper is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GRD 300.1\/R tracked minidumper is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, load handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: base preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial work\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites; for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l – 10W30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 l\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePull start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e101 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e811.46 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax forward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.47 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax reverse speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.08 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume of skip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1580 × 750 × 1098 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Güde GRD 300.1\/R Tracked Minidumper used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the indicated type (vibratory tamper, vibrating plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGasoline models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have pull start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Italian-speaking customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52335037940040,"sku":"55526","price":1593.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Minidumper_cingolato_G_de_GRD_300.1_R_per_giardino_e_cantiere.png?v=1768581654"},{"product_id":"tagliapiastrelle-guede-rfs-200-200mm-taglio","title":"Radial tile cutter RFS 200 – 200 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGÜDE RFS 200 Tile Cutter – 200 mm, wet cutting, 520 mm length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde RFS 200 tile cutter allows for precise cutting of tiles using the\u003cspan\u003e wet cutting method \u003c\/span\u003ewithout dust emission. Designed in Germany, it offers a blade diameter of 200 mm, a cutting length of 520 mm, an 800 W motor, and a 230 V single-phase power supply. It is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Güde dealer since 2007. Price on request, availability on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTile cutter for tiles with the\u003cspan\u003e wet cutting method.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Krollit catalog, the Güde RFS 200 tile cutter represents a reliable solution for those who need precise cuts on ceramic tiles in professional or semi-professional environments. The\u003cspan\u003e wet cutting method\u003c\/span\u003e, as opposed to dry cutting, dramatically reduces the dispersion of ultrafine silica dust compared to dry methods with diamond discs on grinders, and is therefore preferable in confined spaces (construction site offices, indoor boxes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItalian customers primarily choose the RFS 200 tile cutter for three scenarios: first, professional tile layers working indoors who need clean cuts without dust dispersion; second, small finishing workshops that make angled cuts (45°-90°) for complex plating and coverings; third, restoration construction sites where minimizing silicate dust is a mandatory requirement for operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike manual cutters (with pliers, cold tools), the tile cutter ensures millimeter linearity and smooth cutting surfaces, avoiding chipping on visible edges and micro-fractures that reduce the thermal resistance of installed tiles. Compared to portable 180 mm diamond disc systems, the RFS 200 tile cutter offers an integrated tank, a closed cooling cycle, and a rotating spindle on guides, elements that increase the consistency of cut quality, cut after cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDistinctive construction features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 200 mm diamond blade mounted on a spindle supported by 4 ball bearings ensures reduced oscillations at 3000 nominal revolutions per minute. The integrated water cooling system with a dedicated suction pump and removable tank keeps the blade temperature below 80 °C even in continuous cycles, extending the useful life of the disc beyond 300 standard tiles (30×30 cm, 10 mm thick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting angle is adjustable without tools from 90° (orthogonal cut) to 45° (diagonal cut), with intermediate click stops. This feature allows for shaping tiles for angular finishes, suspended ceilings, and curved walls without manual pre-cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PRCD button (Portable Residual Current Device) is integrated into the body of the tile cutter: it is an electrical safety feature that instantly interrupts the circuit if leakage currents are detected, which is frequent in humid environments such as wet construction sites with water-filled pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLogistics and Krollit after-sales support\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome delivery includes packaging, positioning on the floor, and dry start-up verification (does not include installation of the tank's water supply line). Krollit maintains original spare parts for wear parts: 200 × 25.4 mm diamond blade (code 55498), inner\/outer flange, cooling pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnical assistance in Italian covers pre-sales electrical diagnostics, water line configuration, and consultation on cutting cycles for different types of tiles (porcelain stoneware, single-fired, double-fired, marble). Manuals and technical sheets are available in Italian in both paper and PDF versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWHO THE GÜDE RFS 200 TILE CUTTER IS SUITABLE FOR\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional tile setter \/ small installation company\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlawless 45° and 90° cuts, integrated tank, continuous water cooling allow 15-25 cuts\/hour on standard 30×30 cm tiles. Complies with construction site safety standards on silicate dust reduction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinishing workshop \/ subcontracting work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm diamond blade covers formats up to 360 × 360 mm diagonally (Güde specifications). Stable spindle ensures chip-free surfaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry \/ interior finishing (residential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for occasional cuts of 5-10 tiles\/day in indoor spaces. Wet method reduces operator dust exposure compared to dry disc.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial construction site \/ continuous production 8+ hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W (0.8 kW) motor is not sized for continuous shifts of 6-8 hours daily; risk of motor overheating and loss of RPM stability. For this application, an upgrade to a 1500 W stationary system with a motorized table is recommended.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing large thickness slabs (40+ mm) except in very short sequences (3-4 cuts and then 10 min break); completely dry environments without stable water supply (the tank and pump require constant drainage); massive marble quarrying\/stoning (different loads than tiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCutting capacity\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth at 90° (orthogonal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting depth at 45° (diagonal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdmissible tile thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 25\/30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum tile size (diagonal cut)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpindle and blade\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond blade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOuter hole diameter (axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of ball bearing supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable cutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45° (gradual, tool-free)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed without load (rpm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1 input)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbsorbed current (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.5 A (theoretical value; check with manufacturer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated electrical protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePRCD (Portable Residual Current Device)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWater cooling system\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater collection tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, approx. 15-18 L (Krollit estimate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluid guide hose length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1 meter (spare part code 55374-01006)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecirculation and drainage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed cycle with floor drain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth (P)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight (packaging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLogistical packaging\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55374\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTIN (barcode)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4015671553744\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRegulatory compliance\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStatus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE – Machinery Directive 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEN ISO 12100:2010 (General machine safety)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeclaration of conformity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Krollit upon request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTANDARD EQUIPMENT\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete radial saw with base and supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond blade 200 × 25.4 mm (mounted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater cooling pump with 1 meter hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable water collection tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner and outer blade support flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop (positioning support) in aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding guide for tile advancement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e230V EU power cable with standard plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in German; Italian translation available on request from Krollit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01001\u003c\/strong\u003e – Replacement water collection tank (for wear or accidental damage)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55498\u003c\/strong\u003e – Diamond blade 200 × 25.4 mm (spare part, normal consumption ~300-400 tiles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01006\u003c\/strong\u003e – Cooling fluid guide hose (spare for wear or leaks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01009\u003c\/strong\u003e – Asynchronous motor 230V 800W (complete replacement)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e553720114\u003c\/strong\u003e – Cooling pump (spare for loss of thrust or cavitation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01005\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adjustable angled support (spare for wear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01002\u003c\/strong\u003e – PRCD differential switch (spare for repeated tripping)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55374-01003, 55374-01004\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inner\/outer flanges (spare for mounting damage)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll original Güde spare parts are available from Krollit with the original item code. Minimum order: quantity 1, delivery 7-10 days from Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the wet method of the Güde RFS 200 work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diamond blade rotates constantly while an integrated pump circulates water in the tank below and along the perimeter of the blade. The water cools the blade to \u0026lt;80 °C, reduces silica dust (forming a slurry), and lubricates the blade-tile contact. No external water supply is needed: the tank collects and recirculates the same fluid (maximum floor drainage 1-2 L\/hour).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat types of tiles can I cut with the RFS 200?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine cuts ceramic tiles (single-fired, double-fired, porcelain stoneware), marble, soft stone, slate up to 30 mm thick at 90° and 25 mm at 45°. It is not suitable for massive granite (\u0026gt;30 mm), reinforced concrete (reinforcement breaks the diamond), or tempered glass (risk of piece explosion).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat maintenance does it require?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeekly check of the pump status (absence of unusual noises, constant flow). Monthly cleaning of the tank from sediments (silica sludge accumulates). Semi-annual lubrication of the spindle bearings with NLGI 2 grease (3-4 grams per bearing). Annual blade inspection: when the diamond starts to polish the cut instead of cutting, the blade is worn and must be replaced (code 55498).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this Güde and a portable hand-held circular saw?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RFS 200 is stationary: it offers a stable spindle on 4 bearings (millimeter alignment), an integrated cooling system (closed cycle, no water leaks around the tank), and an adjustable angle without the use of tools. Portable systems are more compact but offer less cutting stability and difficult pressure control (risk of chipping). The RFS 200 is ideal for batches or jobs that require 10+ cuts\/shift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I protect myself from silicate dust during cutting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wet method of the RFS 200 drastically reduces airborne silica dust dispersion (up to 95% less than dry cutting). However, it is recommended to wear an FFP2 mask when changing the blade and cleaning the tank (accumulated sludge contains particulates). Use safety goggles for water splashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between 45° and 90° cutting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90° cut (orthogonal): tile fixed vertically to the plane, blade cuts perpendicularly. Maximum depth 30 mm. Used for standard tiles during installation, simple perimeter cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e45° cut (diagonal): tile is positioned at an angle or blade is tilted by 45°. Maximum depth 25 mm (due to blade geometry). Used for shaped tiles on sharp edges (balconies, thresholds, acute wall corners).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Krollit warranty on this machine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGüde offers a 2-year manufacturer's warranty. Krollit offers: unlimited free telephone\/email technical assistance; pre-sales diagnostic support; claims management in Italy without repatriation to Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I order spare parts and accessories?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll original Güde spare parts are available from Krollit with the Güde item code. Examples: diamond blade 55498.\u003cbr\u003eContact the Krollit commercial team for orders, lead times, and stock availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the RFS 200 comply with European safety standards?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The machine features: CE marking (Machinery Directive 2006\/42\/CE), integrated PRCD switch for protection against electrical leakage in humid environments, downloadable declaration of conformity. Consult the user manual for information on recommended PPE (Personal Protective Equipment): FFP2 mask, goggles, non-slip footwear with steel toe cap.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52970102653256,"sku":"55374","price":295.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/tagliapiastrelle_G_de_-_RFS_200_200_mm_taglio_a_bagnato_520_mm_di_lunghezza.jpg?v=1777018087"},{"product_id":"dumper-cingolato-guede-grd-500-r","title":"Guede GRD 500\/R Tracked Dumper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuede GRD 500\/R Tracked Dumper \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGuede GRD 500\/R Tracked Dumper\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tipping mini-dumper for transporting materials over difficult terrain. With a \u003cstrong\u003e500 kg payload\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e230 l hydraulic tipping skip\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003etracked propulsion\u003c\/strong\u003e, the GRD 500\/R handles rough terrain, mud, gravel, and slopes that would defeat a conventional cart. Perfect for \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional gardeners, maintenance companies, and small construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e, the tracked dumper allows for efficient transport of soil, sand, compost, and construction waste. The \u003cstrong\u003eEuro V 4-stroke, 4.1 kW engine\u003c\/strong\u003e (196 cm³, 5.6 HP) is eco-friendly, the \u003cstrong\u003e3 forward + 1 reverse gear transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures maneuverability in confined spaces, and the \u003cstrong\u003ehydraulic tipping skip\u003c\/strong\u003e eliminates strenuous manual unloading. \u003cstrong\u003eSolid steel structure\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emaintenance-free gear drive\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eintuitive handlebar control\u003c\/strong\u003e: a versatile, robust, and quiet dumper (101 dB(A)).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine \u0026amp; Fuel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke (Otto cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kW (5.6 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIgnition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpark plug (type: see manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded 95 RON petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel Tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuntime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4–6 h (depends on load and terrain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine Oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 l (10W30 specific)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversible (reverse without reversing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransmission \u0026amp; Tracked Movement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 99.915%; height: 156.818px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eDrive System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e (off-road traction)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eGearbox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eManual gearbox: \u003cstrong\u003e3 forward gears, 1 reverse gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eMax forward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e3.47 km\/h (flat ground)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eMax reverse speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e1.08 km\/h (precise control)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eSteering control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eIntuitive handlebar lever (both sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eChain gears (maintenance-free)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 31.3209%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 68.2219%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eClimbing slopes up to ~30° with reduced load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSkip \u0026amp; Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum payload\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e (static load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkip volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e230 l\u003c\/strong\u003e (~0.4 m³)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic\u003c\/strong\u003e (handlebar control, gas-assisted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkip type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted steel, reinforced edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrop-down (open chip containment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkip protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear anti-load barrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Logistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine (in operating condition)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e720 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (access standard 80 cm doors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging (as shipped)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e261.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTIN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4015671999092\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoods class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-explosive agricultural\/construction machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance \u0026amp; Certifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStatus\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Compliant (visible CE mark)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ Emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e811.46 g\/kWh (4-stroke Otto cycle engine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e101 dB(A)\u003c\/strong\u003e (low for mini-dumper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuild quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQ9 Mark (Guede quality)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine Euro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro V\u003c\/strong\u003e (strictest standard available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSTANDARD EQUIPMENT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eGRD 500\/R Tracked dumper\u003c\/strong\u003e (base with hydraulic skip)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eLow-noise rubber tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e (deep traction)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic tipping skip\u003c\/strong\u003e (handlebar control)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003e3 forward + 1 reverse gear transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic double handlebar\u003c\/strong\u003e (intuitive control)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eSolid steel structure\u003c\/strong\u003e with industrial paint finish\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eRope starter\u003c\/strong\u003e (included)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003e0.6 l engine oil\u003c\/strong\u003e (factory pre-fill)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eUser and maintenance manual\u003c\/strong\u003e (Italian on request)\u003cbr\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eCE Declaration of Conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e (55527_cee.pdf, downloadable)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOPTIONAL ACCESSORIES \/ ORIGINAL GUEDE SPARE PARTS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial Configurations (Functional Spare Parts)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55572\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperator\/passenger platform GRD 500\/R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of light persons, enhanced visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55569\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnow plough blade GRD 500\/R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWinter work, road maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55571\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden stanchion GRD 500\/R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of wood, compost, light materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55573\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlatbed skip with drop-down side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong loads (pipes, battens, etc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreventive Maintenance \u0026amp; Core Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01058\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber tracks (replacement pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWear 250–400 h of operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01046\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrack tensioner pulley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrack slippage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrive chain (replacement)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation after 300 h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01034\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine inverter belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine → gearbox transmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic skip seals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTipping fluid leaks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRepairs \u0026amp; Engine Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01031\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine pulley (replacement)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick disassembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55574-01103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExhaust muffler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete replacement with gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55574-01100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eValve cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil check\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain handlebar (replacement)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWear or impact damage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55527-01059\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccelerator lever + cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrottle cable breakage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. \u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Landscape Gardening (500 kg chips\/compost)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transport of compost, bark, topsoil, decorative sand, garden gravel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tracks do not damage lawns; low noise (101 dB) near residential areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wet lawn, gentle slopes 15–20°, muddy areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.47 km\/h on flat, approx. 1.5 km\/h uphill with full load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2. \u003cstrong\u003eSmall Construction Sites (Excavation, Backfill, Earthwork)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Earthmoving, rubble, cement sand, gravel for foundations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 kg per pass (approx. 8–12 m³ per day with 2 people)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkip:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230 l hydraulic tipping – no strenuous manual unloading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 forward gears allow precise movement in confined spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3. \u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance of Rural \u0026amp; Municipal Roads\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Asphalt tracing, foundation preparation, drainage, gravel recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOff-road capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Climbing slopes 25–30° on mixed terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTracks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zero detrimental compaction (important for road marking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuntime:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 l petrol = 4–6 h of continuous operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4. \u003cstrong\u003eSite Logistics \u0026amp; Light Internal Transport\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Material supply between construction zones, moving equipment \u003c 500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 261.5 kg net, loadable onto standard car trailer (1,600 kg max)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuietness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 101 dB(A) allows early morning or evening work without violating ordinances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManeuverability:\u003c\/strong\u003e 720 mm width accesses building corridors, standard doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the tracked dumper move on asphalt or concrete? Does it cause damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can, without damage. The rubber tracks are specifically designed for hard surfaces. On asphalt: excellent grip, no slipping with load (unlike pneumatic wheels). Normal wear on concrete floors (~400 h before replacement). Not recommended for: fragile historic surfaces (mosaics, ancient). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I transport people (passengers) with the GRD 500\/R?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is not approved for that. The 500 kg payload is for \u003cstrong\u003egoods transport exclusively\u003c\/strong\u003e. Optional accessory 55572 \"Operator platform\" adds an elevated surface for visibility but does not authorize regular passenger transport. For regulations: check local DVSI. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its runtime with a 3.5 l tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt depends on the load and terrain. With a \u003cstrong\u003efull load of 500 kg on flat ground:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~4–5 h. With a \u003cstrong\u003elight load uphill:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~3–4 h. On \u003cstrong\u003emuddy terrain with decelerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~2–3 h. Estimate: ~1 l every 1.5–2 h of continuous operation. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the hydraulic tipping system require maintenance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMinimal. Check hydraulic oil level every 50 h (there are load cycles). Replace fluid every 2 years or 200 hours. No leaks if properly maintained. Gas-assisted dumpers are robust compared to pure hydraulic systems. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 3-speed gearbox work? Do I need to synchronize?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a manual \u003cstrong\u003enon-synchronized\u003c\/strong\u003e gearbox (old truck style). Procedure: 1) stop engine, 2) shift lever into gear position, 3) release brake, 4) slowly accelerate. No double-clutching, no clutch: it's mechanical, reliable, maintenance-free for years. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to what gradient can it climb with a full load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a \u003cstrong\u003efull load of 500 kg:\u003c\/strong\u003e slopes up to ~20° without traction loss. With \u003cstrong\u003ehalf load 250 kg:\u003c\/strong\u003e reaches 28–30°. On \u003cstrong\u003ewet mud:\u003c\/strong\u003e max slope 15–18% (tracks slip if too steep). Always test on your specific terrain before purchase. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNoise 101 dB(A): can I use it during limited evening\/daytime hours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is one of the least noisy dumpers (for comparison: vibrating plate 108 dB, motorized cart 90 dB). However, check local ordinances: usually allowed 08:00–17:00 Mon–Fri. Evening\/night: not recommended without neighborhood consent. Provide 90 dB SNR headphones to operators. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel: can I use petrol stored for months?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Petrol ages in 3–6 months (gummy, ignition depression). Empty the tank at the end of the season OR use fuel stabilizer. For winter storage: empty tank + oil in the cylinder (anti-rust). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to register the tracked dumper anywhere?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is not registered (no license plate, no car insurance). Documentation: manual + CE declaration provided. For public construction sites: request DURC + CCIAA registration (concerns the company, not the dumper). Keep Krollit invoice for warranty. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty: what does it cover and for how long?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStandard Guede warranty: \u003cstrong\u003e24 months from date of purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e (manufacturing defects). Exclusions: lack of oil maintenance, fuel stored \u003e 6 months, overload \u003e 500 kg, impact damage, failure to empty skip in winter. Contact Krollit within 30 days of purchase for claims. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52984755749192,"sku":"55527","price":2431.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Guede_Dumper_cingolato_GRD_500_R.webp?v=1777280777"},{"product_id":"guede-dumper-cingolato-grd-400-r","title":"Guede GRD 400\/R Tracked Dumper","description":"\u003cp data-end=\"35\" data-start=\"0\" data-section-id=\"qcq9uy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuede GRD 400\/R Tracked Dumper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1158\" data-start=\"37\"\u003eThe Guede GRD 400\/R tracked dumper is a compact mini dumper designed for the rapid transport of bulk materials and heavy packages on difficult, uneven, or muddy terrain. With a maximum load capacity of 400 kg, a manually tipping bed assisted by a 110 L gas spring, and rubber track drive, the GRD 400\/R navigates gravel, mud, wet grass, dirt roads, and slopes where a normal wheelbarrow or wheeled cart would lose stability. Ideal for gardeners, maintenance workers, farmers, light construction sites, and demanding domestic tasks, it allows you to transport soil, sand, compost, crushed stone, wood, debris, and equipment with minimal physical effort. The Euro V 4-stroke engine with 4.1 kW (196 cm³, 5.6 HP) ensures low fuel consumption and low emissions, while the 3 forward + 1 reverse gear transmission offers precise control in tight spaces. The robust steel structure, maintenance-free gear transmission, and intuitive handlebar controls make the GRD 400\/R a reliable, versatile, and durable machine for professional and semi-professional use. \u003cspan data-state=\"closed\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1163\" data-start=\"1160\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"1186\" data-start=\"1165\" data-section-id=\"10ahm8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"1213\" data-start=\"1188\" data-section-id=\"bahwx9\"\u003eEngine \u0026amp; Fuel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"1613\" data-start=\"1215\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"1237\" data-start=\"1215\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1237\" data-start=\"1215\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1227\" data-start=\"1215\"\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1237\" data-start=\"1227\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"1613\" data-start=\"1248\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1293\" data-start=\"1248\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1262\" data-start=\"1248\"\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1293\" data-start=\"1262\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e4-stroke (Otto cycle gasoline)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1318\" data-start=\"1294\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1307\" data-start=\"1294\"\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1318\" data-start=\"1307\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e196 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1357\" data-start=\"1319\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1338\" data-start=\"1319\"\u003eRated power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1357\" data-start=\"1338\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e4.1 kW \/ 5.6 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1395\" data-start=\"1358\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1371\" data-start=\"1358\"\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1395\" data-start=\"1371\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eUnleaded gasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1417\" data-start=\"1396\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1408\" data-start=\"1396\"\u003eTank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1417\" data-start=\"1408\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e3.6 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1441\" data-start=\"1418\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1432\" data-start=\"1418\"\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1441\" data-start=\"1432\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0.6 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1469\" data-start=\"1442\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1460\" data-start=\"1442\"\u003eOil grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1469\" data-start=\"1460\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e10W30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1527\" data-start=\"1470\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1486\" data-start=\"1470\"\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1527\" data-start=\"1486\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1557\" data-start=\"1528\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1547\" data-start=\"1528\"\u003eEmission class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1557\" data-start=\"1547\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eEuro V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1613\" data-start=\"1558\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1578\" data-start=\"1558\"\u003eEstimated autonomy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1613\" data-start=\"1578\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e~4–6 h depending on load and terrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1652\" data-start=\"1615\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1657\" data-start=\"1654\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"1696\" data-start=\"1659\" data-section-id=\"1xtw7s4\"\u003eTransmission \u0026amp; Track Drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2063\" data-start=\"1698\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"1720\" data-start=\"1698\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1720\" data-start=\"1698\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1710\" data-start=\"1698\"\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"md\" data-end=\"1720\" data-start=\"1710\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2063\" data-start=\"1731\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1773\" data-start=\"1731\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1753\" data-start=\"1731\"\u003eDrive system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1773\" data-start=\"1753\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003eRubber tracks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1826\" data-start=\"1774\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1783\" data-start=\"1774\"\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1826\" data-start=\"1783\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003eManual, 3 forward + 1 reverse gears\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1862\" data-start=\"1827\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1849\" data-start=\"1827\"\u003eMax forward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1862\" data-start=\"1849\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003e5.09 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1903\" data-start=\"1863\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1890\" data-start=\"1863\"\u003eMax reverse speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1903\" data-start=\"1890\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003e1.77 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1944\" data-start=\"1904\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1924\" data-start=\"1904\"\u003eSteering control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1944\" data-start=\"1924\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003eHandlebar levers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1992\" data-start=\"1945\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1960\" data-start=\"1945\"\u003eDrive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1992\" data-start=\"1960\" data-col-size=\"md\"\u003eMaintenance-free gears\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2063\" data-start=\"1993\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2010\" data-start=\"1993\"\u003eSuitable terrains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"md\" data-end=\"2063\" data-start=\"2010\"\u003eMud, gravel, grass, dirt, moderate slopes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2102\" data-start=\"2065\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2107\" data-start=\"2104\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"2128\" data-start=\"2109\" data-section-id=\"tw0esw\"\u003eBed \u0026amp; Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2372\" data-start=\"2130\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"2152\" data-start=\"2130\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2152\" data-start=\"2130\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2142\" data-start=\"2130\"\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2152\" data-start=\"2142\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2372\" data-start=\"2163\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2191\" data-start=\"2163\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2181\" data-start=\"2163\"\u003eMax load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2191\" data-start=\"2181\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2218\" data-start=\"2192\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2209\" data-start=\"2192\"\u003eBed volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2218\" data-start=\"2209\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e110 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2273\" data-start=\"2219\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2234\" data-start=\"2219\"\u003eTipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2273\" data-start=\"2234\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eManual with gas spring assist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2311\" data-start=\"2274\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2289\" data-start=\"2274\"\u003eBed type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2311\" data-start=\"2289\"\u003eReinforced steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2372\" data-start=\"2312\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2330\" data-start=\"2312\"\u003eIdeal use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2372\" data-start=\"2330\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSoil, sand, wood, debris, compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2411\" data-start=\"2374\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2416\" data-start=\"2413\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"2443\" data-start=\"2418\" data-section-id=\"1lpf8gr\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Logistics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2669\" data-start=\"2445\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"2467\" data-start=\"2445\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2467\" data-start=\"2445\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2457\" data-start=\"2445\"\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2467\" data-start=\"2457\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2669\" data-start=\"2478\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2502\" data-start=\"2478\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2490\" data-start=\"2478\"\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2502\" data-start=\"2490\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2525\" data-start=\"2503\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2515\" data-start=\"2503\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2525\" data-start=\"2515\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2548\" data-start=\"2526\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2536\" data-start=\"2526\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2548\" data-start=\"2536\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2596\" data-start=\"2549\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2570\" data-start=\"2549\"\u003ePacking dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2596\" data-start=\"2570\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1,470 x 680 x 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2620\" data-start=\"2597\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2610\" data-start=\"2597\"\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2620\" data-start=\"2610\"\u003e193 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2644\" data-start=\"2621\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2634\" data-start=\"2621\"\u003eGross weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2644\" data-start=\"2634\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e227 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2669\" data-start=\"2645\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2652\" data-start=\"2645\"\u003eGTIN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2669\" data-start=\"2652\"\u003e4015671004581\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2708\" data-start=\"2671\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2713\" data-start=\"2710\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"2745\" data-start=\"2715\" data-section-id=\"1ntk7x1\"\u003eCompliance \u0026amp; Certifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2937\" data-start=\"2747\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"2767\" data-start=\"2747\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2767\" data-start=\"2747\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2758\" data-start=\"2747\"\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2767\" data-start=\"2758\"\u003eStatus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2937\" data-start=\"2778\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2814\" data-start=\"2778\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2802\" data-start=\"2778\"\u003eCE Machinery Directive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2814\" data-start=\"2802\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eCompliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2844\" data-start=\"2815\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2834\" data-start=\"2815\"\u003eEngine emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2844\" data-start=\"2834\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eEuro V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2875\" data-start=\"2845\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2862\" data-start=\"2845\"\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2875\" data-start=\"2862\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e101 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2898\" data-start=\"2876\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2882\" data-start=\"2876\"\u003eCO₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2898\" data-start=\"2882\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e811.46 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2937\" data-start=\"2899\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2921\" data-start=\"2899\"\u003eBuild quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2937\" data-start=\"2921\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eGüde brand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2976\" data-start=\"2939\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2981\" data-start=\"2978\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"3003\" data-start=\"2983\" data-section-id=\"q2aqs4\"\u003eSTANDARD EQUIPMENT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"3386\" data-start=\"3005\"\u003e✅ Guede GRD 400\/R Tracked Dumper\u003cbr data-end=\"3042\" data-start=\"3039\"\u003e✅ Manual tipping bed with gas spring assist\u003cbr data-end=\"3103\" data-start=\"3100\"\u003e✅ High-traction rubber tracks\u003cbr data-end=\"3141\" data-start=\"3138\"\u003e✅ 3 forward + 1 reverse gear transmission\u003cbr data-end=\"3183\" data-start=\"3180\"\u003e✅ Euro V 4-stroke gasoline engine\u003cbr data-end=\"3217\" data-start=\"3214\"\u003e✅ Ergonomic handlebar with integrated controls\u003cbr data-end=\"3263\" data-start=\"3260\"\u003e✅ Reinforced steel frame\u003cbr data-end=\"3296\" data-start=\"3293\"\u003e✅ Recoil starter included\u003cbr data-end=\"3326\" data-start=\"3323\"\u003e✅ User and maintenance manual\u003cbr data-end=\"3357\" data-start=\"3354\"\u003e✅ CE Declaration of Conformity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"3425\" data-start=\"3388\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"3430\" data-start=\"3427\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"3478\" data-start=\"3432\" data-section-id=\"1ukqe7i\"\u003eOPTIONAL ACCESSORIES \/ ORIGINAL GUEDE SPARE PARTS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"3518\" data-start=\"3480\" data-section-id=\"1nk874p\"\u003eMain Configurations \/ Spare Parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"3796\" data-start=\"3520\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"3544\" data-start=\"3520\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3544\" data-start=\"3520\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3529\" data-start=\"3520\"\u003eCode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3544\" data-start=\"3529\"\u003eDescription\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"3796\" data-start=\"3555\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3589\" data-start=\"3555\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3569\" data-start=\"3555\"\u003e55565-01030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3589\" data-start=\"3569\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eRubber track\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3623\" data-start=\"3590\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3604\" data-start=\"3590\"\u003e55565-01005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3623\" data-start=\"3604\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eComplete gearbox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3662\" data-start=\"3624\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3638\" data-start=\"3624\"\u003e55565-01033\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3662\" data-start=\"3638\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eGuide roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3692\" data-start=\"3663\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3677\" data-start=\"3663\"\u003e55525-01136\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3692\" data-start=\"3677\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eCarburettor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3719\" data-start=\"3693\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3707\" data-start=\"3693\"\u003e55525-01141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3719\" data-start=\"3707\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMuffler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3758\" data-start=\"3720\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3734\" data-start=\"3720\"\u003e55525-01144\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3758\" data-start=\"3734\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eComplete air filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"3796\" data-start=\"3759\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"3773\" data-start=\"3759\"\u003e55525-01130\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"3796\" data-start=\"3773\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eRecoil starter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"3835\" data-start=\"3798\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"3840\" data-start=\"3837\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"3870\" data-start=\"3842\" data-section-id=\"1f9m5eh\"\u003ePROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"3906\" data-start=\"3872\" data-section-id=\"11dgpfp\"\u003e1. Gardening and Landscaping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4052\" data-start=\"3907\"\u003eTransport of topsoil, bark, decorative sand, gravel, and compost.\u003cbr data-end=\"3981\" data-start=\"3978\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"3995\" data-start=\"3981\"\u003eAdvantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e tracks distribute weight and do not damage the lawn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"4076\" data-start=\"4054\" data-section-id=\"1k302yh\"\u003e2. Light Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4179\" data-start=\"4077\"\u003eIdeal for rubble, cement, sand, bricks, construction tools.\u003cbr data-end=\"4147\" data-start=\"4144\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"4159\" data-start=\"4147\"\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg per trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"4215\" data-start=\"4181\" data-section-id=\"1yyxw63\"\u003e3. Agriculture and Rural Enterprises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4280\" data-start=\"4216\"\u003ePerfect for feed, wood, fertilizers, crops, and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"4318\" data-start=\"4282\" data-section-id=\"1oi29dm\"\u003e4. Private Property Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4393\" data-start=\"4319\"\u003eExcellent for work on farmhouses, villas, hilly terrain, driveways, and forests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"4418\" data-start=\"4395\" data-section-id=\"1icnq38\"\u003e5. Internal Logistics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4491\" data-start=\"4419\"\u003eRapid transfer of materials in open warehouses, greenhouses, or depots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"4496\" data-start=\"4493\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"4523\" data-start=\"4498\" data-section-id=\"1aoir6i\"\u003eFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"4574\" data-start=\"4525\" data-section-id=\"1r8f0em\"\u003eCan the dumper operate on asphalt or concrete?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4712\" data-start=\"4575\"\u003eYes. The rubber tracks are also suitable for hard surfaces and provide good grip without damaging the surface under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"4741\" data-start=\"4714\" data-section-id=\"1toohu8\"\u003eIs the bed hydraulic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4837\" data-start=\"4742\"\u003eNo. Tipping is manual, but assisted by a gas spring which significantly reduces effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"4866\" data-start=\"4839\" data-section-id=\"1p80kkm\"\u003eCan it go uphill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"4981\" data-start=\"4867\"\u003eYes, on moderate slopes with excellent traction. Actual capacity depends on the surface, load, and terrain conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"5002\" data-start=\"4983\" data-section-id=\"1n6r4td\"\u003eHow much fuel does it consume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"5095\" data-start=\"5003\"\u003eThe 196 cm³ engine has low fuel consumption. On average, 4–6 hours of work with a 3.6 L tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"5130\" data-start=\"5097\" data-section-id=\"189b9fi\"\u003eDoes it require frequent maintenance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"5216\" data-start=\"5131\"\u003eVery limited. Engine oil check, air filter, track condition, and general cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"5256\" data-start=\"5218\" data-section-id=\"16wgehj\"\u003eIs it approved for passenger transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"5305\" data-start=\"5257\"\u003eNo. It is a machine for material transport only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"5327\" data-start=\"5307\" data-section-id=\"as5709\"\u003eIs it noisy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"5421\" data-start=\"5328\"\u003eFor its category, it is moderate: 101 dB(A), lower than many traditional construction machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-end=\"5456\" data-start=\"5423\" data-section-id=\"l1p2ak\"\u003eIs it suitable for professional use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"5549\" data-start=\"5457\"\u003eYes. It is designed for intensive use in gardening, light construction, agriculture, and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52985413370184,"sku":"55565","price":1874.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Dumper_Cingolato_Guede_GRD_400_R.webp?v=1777285994"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745845071485blob_1.png?v=1756738938","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/machines-construction.oembed?page=2","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}